<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Hs4018</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Hs4018"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Hs4018"/>
	<updated>2026-05-16T16:27:34Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811590</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811590"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:35:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis. This theory makes a variety of assumptions such as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- If the system passes the TS then the system will go to the products and cannot return to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
-Quantum tunnelling is negligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these assumptions we can see that the transition state theory predictions will be higher than the experimental values&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 8, 665&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:August 1, 1988&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/ed065p665&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;. Phys. Chem. 1979, 83, 1, 108–113&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:January 1, 1979&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/j100464a018.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2012, 3, 23, 3416–3419&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:November 6, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811589</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811589"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:35:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis. This theory makes a variety of assumptions such as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- If the system passes the TS then the system will go to the products and cannot return to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
-Quantum tunnelling is negligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these assumptions we can see that the transition state theory predictions will be higher than the experimental values&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 8, 665&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:August 1, 1988&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/ed065p665&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;. Phys. Chem. 1979, 83, 1, 108–113&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:January 1, 1979&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/j100464a018.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2012, 3, 23, 3416–3419&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:November 6, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811588</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811588"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:35:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis. This theory makes a variety of assumptions such as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- If the system passes the TS then the system will go to the products and cannot return to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
-Quantum tunnelling is negligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these assumptions we can see that the transition state theory predictions will be higher than the experimental values&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 8, 665&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:August 1, 1988&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/ed065p665&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;. Phys. Chem. 1979, 83, 1, 108–113&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:January 1, 1979&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/j100464a018.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2012, 3, 23, 3416–3419&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:November 6, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811586</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811586"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:34:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis. This theory makes a variety of assumptions such as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- If the system passes the TS then the system will go to the products and cannot return to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
-Quantum tunnelling is negligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these assumptions we can see that the transition state theory predictions will be higher than the experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 8, 665&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:August 1, 1988&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/ed065p665&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;. Phys. Chem. 1979, 83, 1, 108–113&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:January 1, 1979&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/j100464a018.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2012, 3, 23, 3416–3419&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:November 6, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811584</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811584"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:34:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis. This theory makes a variety of assumptions such as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- If the system passes the TS then the system will go to the products and cannot return to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
-Quantum tunnelling is negligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these assumptions we can see that the transition state theory predictions will be higher than the experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 8, 665&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:August 1, 1988&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/ed065p665&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;. Phys. Chem. 1979, 83, 1, 108–113&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:January 1, 1979&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/j100464a018.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2012, 3, 23, 3416–3419&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:November 6, 2012&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811580</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811580"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:33:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis. This theory makes a variety of assumptions such as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- If the system passes the TS then the system will go to the products and cannot return to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
-Quantum tunnelling is negligible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these assumptions we can see that the transition state theory predictions will be higher than the experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 8, 665&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:August 1, 1988&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/ed065p665&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811572</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811572"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:30:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 8, 665&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:August 1, 1988&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/ed065p665&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811571</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811571"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:29:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 8, 665&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:August 1, 1988&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/ed065p665&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811568</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811568"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:29:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive[ONE]. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 8, 665&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:August 1, 1988&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/ed065p665&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811567</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811567"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:28:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 8, 665&lt;br /&gt;
Publication Date:August 1, 1988&lt;br /&gt;
https://doi.org/10.1021/ed065p665&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811562</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811562"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:26:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== References ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ONE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TWO&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;THREE&amp;gt;This is the lazy dog reference.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811550</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811550"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:22:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules allows us to establish the effect of the translational and vibrational modes of energy on the efficiency of the reaction.  For the exothermic reactions it can be seen that the translational energy has a larger effect than vibrational energy. Whereas in endothermic reactions vibrational energy has a larger effect than the translational energy.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811492</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811492"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:10:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction ene...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811488</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811488"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:08:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction ene...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811483</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811483"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:07:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Contour plot of reactive trajectory ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Momenta vs time plot of the reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png&amp;diff=811481</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2020-05-22 at 22.05.03.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.03.png&amp;diff=811481"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:06:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png&amp;diff=811478</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2020-05-22 at 22.05.14.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_22.05.14.png&amp;diff=811478"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:05:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811464</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811464"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:02:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811462</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=811462"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T21:01:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions to find the reactive trajectory were AB= 74 pm, BC = 200 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -5g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Upon looking at the animation and momentum vs time plots it can be confirmed that this trajectory is reactive. From the contour plot we can see the F atom(C) approaching oscillatory H-H bond (AB) containing vibrational energy. From the momenta vs time plot we can see the mechanism of release of the reaction energy, as to begin with B-C contains no vibrational energy(horizontal line) and A-B contains vibrational energy (oscillating). Once the two species collide and the H-H bond breaks and the H-F bond forms a larger oscillatory function is seen on the plot which suggests H-F contains a larger amount of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally this reaction can be confirmed from the use of IR spectroscopy. For a molecule to be IR active it needs to have a dipole moment and in this specific reaction the H2 reactant is IR inactive and the HF product is IR active. So if the reaction does not proceed no vibrational bands caused by vibration transitions will be observed whereas if the reaction does proceed then we do expect to observe vibrational bands.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810606</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810606"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:58:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png|400px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]] ||[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_Plot_of_H2_F_TS.png&amp;diff=810597</id>
		<title>File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_Plot_of_H2_F_TS.png&amp;diff=810597"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:56:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: Hs4018 uploaded a new version of File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810586</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810586"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:55:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Plot_of_H2_F_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the H2 + F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A energy plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|A contour plot of the position of the transition state in the HF + 2 system.]][[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png&amp;diff=810583</id>
		<title>File:Contour Plot of HF H TS 00961729.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_Plot_of_HF_H_TS_00961729.png&amp;diff=810583"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:54:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_Plot_of_H2_F_TS.png&amp;diff=810576</id>
		<title>File:Contour Plot of H2 F TS.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_Plot_of_H2_F_TS.png&amp;diff=810576"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:53:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810569</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810569"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:51:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810567</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810567"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:51:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810566</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810566"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:51:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810564</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810564"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:51:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810562</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810562"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:50:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810560</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810560"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:50:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810559</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810559"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:50:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810558</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810558"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:50:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810556</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810556"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:50:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810552</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810552"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:49:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810551</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810551"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:48:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. A plot for this is not shown as the difference is too small to see. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810550</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810550"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:48:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png|300px|thumb|left|A plot of Energy vs Steps for the HF + H system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png&amp;diff=810547</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2020-05-22 at 17.46.28.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2020-05-22_at_17.46.28.png&amp;diff=810547"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:47:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810540</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810540"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:45:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm. The activation energy for this system is 121.708 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810509</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810509"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:25:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state and the activation energies. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H2 + F system the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.487 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.100 pm.  The activation energy was found by finding the potential energy using MEP calculation type at the transition state and then by finding the reactant potential energy minima of the reactants and then finding the difference. The activation energy for for this is 1.066 kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H system the transition state was located by a trial and error method until the forces along AB and BC were 0 kg.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. From this the transition state was located at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74.490 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 181.000 pm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810366</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=810366"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T15:39:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png&amp;diff=810364</id>
		<title>File:HF-H ENDO 00961729.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:HF-H_ENDO_00961729.png&amp;diff=810364"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T15:38:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png&amp;diff=810363</id>
		<title>File:H2-F Exo 00961729.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:H2-F_Exo_00961729.png&amp;diff=810363"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T15:38:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809753</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809753"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:15:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF+H_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809750</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809750"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:15:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF+H_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809747</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809747"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:14:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF+H_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the HF + H system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are lower in energy compared to the products which means that the system requires additional energy to go from the lower energy valley of the reactants to the higher energy valley of the products. The H-F bond requires a lot of energy to break and the H-H bond is weaker than the H-H bond hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface plot for the H2 + F system illustrates that this specific reaction is endothermic. This is due to the fact that the reactants are higher in energy compared to the products which means that the system prefers to go from the higher energy valley of the reactants to the lower energy valley of the products. In this case the H-H bond requires less energy to break than the energy required to form the H-F bond which gives the exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809736</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809736"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:06:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF+H_00961729.png|300px|left|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F_00961729.png|300px|thumb|left|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809730</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809730"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:04:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF+H_00961729.png|300px|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F_00961729.png|300px|thumb|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809728</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809728"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:04:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF+H_00961729.png|300px|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2+F_00961729.png|300px|thumb|H2 + F system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809727</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809727"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:04:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HF+H_00961729.png|300px|thumb|HF + H system Surface plot. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809722</id>
		<title>MRD:hs4018 mrd</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:hs4018_mrd&amp;diff=809722"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:03:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hs4018: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: A  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H System  ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state of a reaction is defined as a maximum on the minimum energy pathway (MEP) from the reactants to the products. The transition state does not represent an isolatable molecule but constitutes the bonds breaking and forming from the reactants to products. In mathematical terms, the transition state has a gradient of zero at this point and is defined by: ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Where V is the potential energy and r is the distance between atoms. The transition state on a potential energy surface(PES) can be described as a saddle point which means that in one direction in space the transition state is maxima, where the second derivative is negative, and also &lt;br /&gt;
in an orthogonal direction the transition state is a minima, where the second derivative is positive. The saddle point is located between two minima and can be distinguished from them using the hessian matrix. The hessian matrix  takes the partial second derivatives and outputs eigenvalues. From these eigenvalues the saddle point can be distinguished from local minima.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP1.png|300px|thumb|left|Contour plot showing the position of R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]][[File:INVT Plot 1.png|300px|thumb|middle|A picture showing the forces along the bonds at  R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CP_1.png|300px|thumb|lleft|Plot of internuclear distances vs time at the Transition State.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H2 + H system gives a transition state where R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = R&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  because of the fact that the system is symmetrical. If a trajectory is started at this ridge then trajectory will oscillate at this ridge and never fall of due to the fact that at directions at right angles to this ridge the gradient is 0. From this r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 pm. We can confirm this value from the forces along the bonds as well as from a internuclear distances vs time plot. At the transition state the force should equal 0 and this is the case at 90.775 pm. The internuclear distances vs time plot displays two flat lines which means that the distance between the atoms is not changing which proves that the transition state lies at this value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy pathway (MEP) is a specialised trajectory that represents infinitely slow motion and can only be run once the transition state is located.  In both figures the initial conditions are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 90.775 nm, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; =91.775 nm and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ab&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;bc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The MEP calculation figure is useful for characterising the reaction but is not a good realistic method of analysis of motion of the H atoms as it does not consider that the atoms have mass and their motion in the gas phase is inertial. The dynamics calculation method figure is a much more accurate method of representing the motion of the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For all trajectories in the table below A-B represents the H2 molecule and C the H atom at the beginning of the reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/ kJ.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;!! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||-414.28 ||Yes || In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy.||[[File:CP2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  || -420.08|| No||In this scenario the B-C distance has vibrational energy as shown by the oscillatory trajectory however, the whole system does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier and the transition state. As a result of the deficient energy in the system the trajectory goes back on its self and does not form new products. Thus the same H2 and H molecules remain in the system.  ||[[File:CP3_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  || -413.98||Yes ||In this reaction there is enough Kinetic Energy in order to overcome the activation energy barrier and pass through the transition state to the products valley. This is shown by the contour plot as the AB distance begins to lengthen whilst the BC distances decreases to a plateau.  After the trajectory passes the transition state the trajectory is seen to be oscillatory and this is a result excess vibrational energy. ||[[File:CP4_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||-357.28 || No||In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products have formed the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to the reactants. This phenomenon is know as barrier recrossing. Therefore no new products are formed even though the activation energy barrier is overcome which suggests other factors affecting the reaction.||[[File:CP5_00961729.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||-349.48 || Yes || In this scenario the reaction has enough energy to overcome the activation energy barrier however, as the products form the trajectory is seen to oscillate and go back to reactants. This is isn&#039;t the end of the trajectory as It then goes back to the product valley and finally forms the products. This scenario has two barrier recrossing processes.|| [[File:CP6_00961729.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From this table we can clearly see the effects of increasing the momenta and thus the kinetic energy of the system has on the reaction. Initially is was hypothesised that the higher the momenta the easier it would be to overcome the activation energy barrier and form products. However, this is not supported by the data in the table as the second and fourth row show no product formation even at higher momentum. Overall, this data suggests that the trajectory is not solely on the momenta/kinetic energy but on other variables such as orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is a classical theory is used for reaction rate analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise 2: F - H - H system===&lt;br /&gt;
====By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hs4018</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>